Editing Module:Citation/CS1

Warning: You are not logged in. Your IP address will be publicly visible if you make any edits. Read the Privacy Policy to learn what information we collect about you and how we use it.

If you log in or create an account, your edits will be attributed to your username, along with other benefits.

The edit can be undone. Please check the comparison below to verify that this is what you want to do, and then publish the changes below to finish undoing the edit.

Latest revision Your text
Line 1: Line 1:


require('Module:No globals');
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
local z ={}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities


local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist


--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------
declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
other modules; that are created here and used here
]]
]]
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
function is_set( var )
local added_discouraged_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
end
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
Line 39: Line 39:
local i = 1;
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
Line 46: Line 46:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Whether needle is in haystack
 
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
if added_vanc_errs then return end
if needle == nil then
return false;
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_vancouver', {source, position}, true ) } );
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]


local function is_scheme (scheme)
local function substitute( msg, args )
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.


Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end


Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digitBetween
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error messageThe actual placement of the error message in the output is
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
the responsibility of the calling function.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
]]
 
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
prefix = prefix or "";
 
suffix = suffix or "";
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
if error_state == nil then
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
return false;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
return false;
end


local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}


for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
]]
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end


for _, d in ipairs ({'cash', 'company', 'today', 'org'}) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
return true
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
end
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


]]
]]


local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
else
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.


Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
]]


First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end


If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.


When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.


Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").


Strip off any port and path;
returns true if it does, else false


]]
]]


local function split_url (url_str)
local function is_scheme (scheme)
local scheme, authority, domain;
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
return scheme, domain;
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db


Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
# < > [ ] | { } _
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


]]
There are several tests:
 
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
local function link_param_ok (value)
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
local scheme, domain;
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
end
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
return true;
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
return true;
else
return false;
return false;
end
end
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
end
end




--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------


Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.


|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value.  This function emits an error message when
This function is the last step in the validation process.  This function is separate because there are cases that
that condition exists
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
 
wikilinks.
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code and must begin with a colon.


]]
]]


local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
local orig;
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
else
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (orig) then
link = ''; -- unset
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_paramlink', orig)}); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
end
end
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end




--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the URL into scheme and domain
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain. Use is_url() to validate the two
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


]]
]]


local function check_url( url_str )
local function split_url (url_str)
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
local scheme, authority, domain;
return false;
end
url_str = url_str:gsub ('(%a)/.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
local scheme, domain;


scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
domain = nil; -- set to nil which will cause an error message
end
end
end
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return scheme, domain;
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
# < > [ ] | { } _
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.


]=]
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
]]
local scheme, domain;


if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
local function link_param_ok (value)
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
local scheme, domain;
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
return false;
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
end


return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end




--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.


loop through a list of parameters and their valuesLook at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domainUse is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.


]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local function check_url( url_str )
local error_message = '';
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
return false;
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
if utilities.is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message = error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message = error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
if utilities.is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
local scheme, domain;
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url.  The test will also find external wikilinks
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
 
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls.  The tests that
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].
 
]=]
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;


]]
value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/%a.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')


local function safe_for_url( str )
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
 
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end




--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


Format an external link with error checking
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]


local function external_link( URL, label, source, access)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_str = "";
local error_message = '';
local domain;
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
local path;
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
local base_url;
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
 
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
if not utilities.is_set ( label ) then
end
label = URL;
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
if utilities.is_set ( source ) then
end
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bare_url_missing_title', { utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = utilities.set_message ( 'err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if path then -- if there is a path portion
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
end
end
 
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
base_url = table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
 
if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
end
end
return table.concat ({base_url, error_str});
end
end




--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.


added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.


]]
]]


local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function safe_for_italics( str )
if not added_deprecated_cat then
if not is_set(str) then
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
return str;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< D I S C O U R A G E D _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
 
Categorize and emit an maintenance message when the citation contains one or more discouraged parameters.  Only
one error message is emitted regardless of the number of discouraged parameters in the citation.
 
added_discouraged_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above


]]
]]


local function discouraged_parameter(name)
local function safe_for_url( str )
if not added_discouraged_cat then
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
added_discouraged_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'maint_discouraged', {name}, true ) } ); -- add maint message
end
end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
]]
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.


This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
local function wrap_style (key, str)
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
if not is_set( str ) then
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
return "";
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end


Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
end


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------


]=]
Format an external link with error checking


local function kern_quotes (str)
]]
local cap = '';
local cap2 = '';
local wl_type, label, link;


wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
if not is_set( label ) then
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
label = URL;
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-both'], str);
if is_set( source ) then
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-wl-right'], str);
end
 
else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
cap, cap2 = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
else
str = label;
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
end
return str;
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
Formats a wiki style external link


|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
]]
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
local function external_link_id(options)
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parametersThe function includes the
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctlyIf the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
offending parameter name to the error messageOnly one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
parameters in the citation.
 
Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=


]]
]]


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local name;
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing title part'}, true ) } ); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'unknown language code'}, true ) } ); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'invalid language code'}, true ) } ); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_script_parameter', {script_param, 'missing prefix'}, true ) } ); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL
return script_value;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function kern_quotes (str)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
local cap='';
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
local cap2='';
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
end
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end
 
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
return title;
return str;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
know the language the tag contains. This may help the browser render the script more correctly. If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
return "";
is not addedAt this time there is no error message for this condition.
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
 
 
--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
 
Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-linkReturns the URL and appropriate
label; nil else.


str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=


TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
]]


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local wl_type, D, L;
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local ws_url, ws_label;
local name;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
 
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
if not is_set (lang) then
 
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (str) then
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
str, -- article title
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
});
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
else
end
add_prop_cat ('script')
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
end
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
if utilities.is_set (str) then
else
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


if ws_url then
return script_value;
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
end
 
return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.
 
]]
]]


local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
local periodical_error = '';
if is_set (script) then
 
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if is_set (script) then
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
end
 
periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
periodical = trans_periodical;
periodical_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
end
end
 
return title;
return periodical .. periodical_error;
end
end




--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
for error messages).
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set( str ) then
 
return "";
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
if ws_url then
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
chapter = ws_label;
end
end
 
if true == lower then
if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local msg;
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
end
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
elseif ws_url then
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
provided by the template.
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = trans_chapter;
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
chapter_error = ' ' .. utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
end
end


return chapter .. chapter_error;
Input:
end
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
 
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
 
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
The search stops at the first match.
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected
 
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
 
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
See also coins_cleanup().


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
Returns:
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected


]]
]]


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found
else
 
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
return;
end
end


for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
local skip;
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
skip = true;
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
break; -- has been added so stop looking
position = nil; -- unset position
end
elseif cfg.emoji[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
end
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
if position then
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
else
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
end
 
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
end
end




--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider.  The list of parameters to consider is just
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.
 
Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
 
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
single internal variable.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
local origin = {};
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
local error_list = {};
 
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
 
for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
end
end
 
if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
return setmetatable({
return value, selected;
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
end
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
 
return origin[k];
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
 
]]
 
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
local chapter_error = '';
if not is_set (chapter) then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
},
end
{
 
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if is_set (chapterurl) then
if origin[k] ~= nil then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
return nil;
end
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.


When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().


]]
Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.


local function nowrap_date (date)
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
local cap = '';
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
local cap2 = '';
parameter value.


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
]]
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
-- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
apostrophe = true;
elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
return; -- and done with this parameter
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
end
(|type=none).
 
]]
 
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end
end




--[[--------------------------< H Y P H E N _ T O _ D A S H >--------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------


Converts a hyphen to a dash under certain conditionsThe hyphen must separate
Argument wrapperThis function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
like items; unlike items are returned unmodified.  These forms are modified:
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
letter - letter (A - B)
digit - digit (4-5)
digit separator digit - digit separator digit (4.1-4.5 or 4-1-4-5)
letterdigit - letterdigit (A1-A5) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – a.1-a.5 or a-1-a-5)
digitletter - digitletter (5a - 5d) (an optional separator between letter and
digit is supported – 5.a-5.d or 5-a-5-d)


any other forms are returned unmodified.
]]


str may be a comma- or semicolon-separated list
local function argument_wrapper( args )
 
local origin = {};
]]
 
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not utilities.is_set (str) then
return str;
end
 
local accept; -- Boolean
 
str = str:gsub ('&[nm]dash;', {['&ndash;'] = '–', ['&mdash;'] = '—'}); -- replace &mdash; and &ndash; entities with their characters; semicolon mucks up the text.split
str = str:gsub ('&#45;', '-'); -- replace HTML numeric entity with hyphen character
 
str = str:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with generic keyboard space character
local out = {};
return setmetatable({
local list = mw.text.split (str, '%s*[,;]%s*'); -- split str at comma or semicolon separators if there are any
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
 
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
for _, item in ipairs (list) do -- for each item in the list
return origin[k];
item, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (item); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of item
end
if not accept and mw.ustring.match (item, '^%w*[%.%-]?%w+%s*[%-–—]%s*%w*[%.%-]?%w+$') then -- if a hyphenated range or has endash or emdash separators
},
if item:match ('^%a+[%.%-]?%d+%s*%-%s*%a+[%.%-]?%d+$') or -- letterdigit hyphen letterdigit (optional separator between letter and digit)
{
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]?%a+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]?%a+$') or -- digitletter hyphen digitletter (optional separator between digit and letter)
__index = function ( tbl, k )
item:match ('^%d+[%.%-]%d+%s*%-%s*%d+[%.%-]%d+$') or -- digit separator digit hyphen digit separator digit
if origin[k] ~= nil then
item:match ('^%d+%s*%-%s*%d+$') or -- digit hyphen digit
return nil;
item:match ('^%a+%s*%-%s*%a+$') then -- letter hyphen letter
end
item = item:gsub ('(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)%s*%-%s*(%w*[%.%-]?%w+)', '%1–%2'); -- replace hyphen, remove extraneous space characters
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
else
item = mw.ustring.gsub (item, '%s*[–—]%s*', ''); -- for endash or emdash separated ranges, replace em with en, remove extraneous whitespace
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
end
end
table.insert (out, item); -- add the (possibly modified) item to the output table
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate( name )
local name = tostring( name );
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
-- Normal arguments
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
 
local temp_str = ''; -- concatenate the output table into a comma separated string
-- Arguments with numbers in them
temp_str, accept = utilities.has_accept_as_written (table.concat (out, ', ')); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of concatenated out
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
if accept then
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
temp_str = utilities.has_accept_as_written (str); -- when global markup removed, return original str; do it this way to suppress boolean second return value
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
return temp_str;
if false == state then
else
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return temp_str; -- else, return assembled temp_str
return true;
end
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
 
f.gsub = string.gsub
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
f.match = string.match
 
f.sub = string.sub
]]
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
 
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
local function nowrap_date (date)
f.match = mw.ustring.match
local cap='';
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
local cap2='';
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
 
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
end
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


local str = ''; -- the output string
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
 
else
]]
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
 
end
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
end
local temp=0;
end
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
end
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
end
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
return str;
end
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines whether an ISBN string is valid


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
]]


returns true is suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
Puncutation not allowed.
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end


]]
if len == 10 then
 
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
local function is_suffix (suffix)
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
else
return true;
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
]]


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
local function ismn (id)
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
local text;
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
local valid_ismn = true;
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
id=id:gsub( "[%s-]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
valid_ismn = false;
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end


This original test:
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za--ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
if false == valid_ismn then
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
end
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)
return text;
end


]]
--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
if not suffix then
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
]]


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc.
local function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
else
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
if true == valid_issn then
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first, position)
local function amazon(id, domain)
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
local err_cat = ""


if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
name = mw.ustring.match(first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
end
else
 
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
return first; -- and return first unmolested
end
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end


local initials, names = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials


names = mw.text.split (first, '[%s,]+'); -- split into a table of names and possible suffix
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier


while names[i] do -- loop through the table
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
if 1 < i and names[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
names[i] = names[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
if is_suffix (names[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
where:
table.insert (initials, ' ' .. names[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials table
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
 
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
 
local function arxiv (id, class)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = '';
local text;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
if 3 > i then
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
table.insert (initials, mw.ustring.sub(names[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials table
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return text .. class;
end
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]


Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)  
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace


names in the list will be linked when
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
|<name>-link= has a value
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
end
rendered previously so should have been linked there


when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
 
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
return lccn;
end
 
--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
 
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function lccn(lccn)
local sep;
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local namesep;
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local format = control.format;
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
local maximum = control.maximum;
 
local name_list = {};
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 8 == len then
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local one;
local sep_one = sep;


if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
etal = true;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
break;
end
if mask then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
end
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
local first = person.first -- get given name
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
end
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
if 0 < count then
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
if 1 < count and not etal then
end
if 'amp' == format then
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
--[[
elseif 'and' == format then
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
if 2 == count then
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
]]
else
 
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
local function pmid(id)
end
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------


Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
returns an empty string.
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
 
|embargo= was not set in this cite.
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]


local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
if is_set (embargo) then
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
names[i] = v.last
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
end
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
return embargo; -- still embargoed
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.


Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
the theme of et alIf found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC linkFunction is_embargoed ()
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.


This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
|display-<names>=etal parameter


]]
]]


local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
local function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param})}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
end
end
end
end
 
return name, etal;
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


Add maint cat when name parameter value does not contain lettersDoes not catch
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffixIf the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
mixed alphanumeric names so |last=A. Green (1922-1987) does not get caught in the
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
current version of this test but |first=(1888) is caught.


returns nothing
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.


]]
local function doi(id, inactive)
local cat = ""
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
local text;
if is_set(inactive) then
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end


local function name_is_numeric (name, list_name)
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
if utilities.is_set (name) then
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
if mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- when name does not contain any letters
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
end
end
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end




--[[-------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E D _ M A R K U P >------------------
--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor parameters for extraneous editor annotations:
ed, ed., eds, (Ed.), etc. These annotations do not belong in author parameters and
are redundant in editor parameters.  If found, the function adds the editor markup
maintenance category.


returns nothing
Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.


]]
]]
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


local function name_has_ed_markup (name, list_name)
if ( code == "A" ) then
local patterns = cfg.editor_markup_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
 
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
if utilities.is_set (name) then
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through patterns table and
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
if name:match (pattern) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_text_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
break;
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
end
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
end
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end
end




--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Validate and format a usenet message id. Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


returns nothing
]]


]]
local function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];


local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name)
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
end  
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
return text
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
-- they also can be subtracted.
if 1 < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


--[[------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >---------------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content
of the various name-holding parameters.


]]
]]


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local accept_name;
if is_set(title_type) then
 
if "none" == title_type then
if utilities.is_set (last) then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter (last only)
name_has_ed_markup (last, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (last, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end


if utilities.is_set (first) then
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources


if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
]]
name_has_ed_markup (first, list_name); -- check for extraneous 'editor' annotation
name_is_numeric (first, list_name); -- check for names that are composed of digits and punctuation
end
end


return last, first; -- done
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
Gets name list from the input arguments
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
 
]]
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
return argument;
search is done.
end


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markupWe presume that editors who have taken the time to
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/ConfigurationThis keeps
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local names = {}; -- table of names
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
while true do
while true do
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end


last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
 
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
of %27%27...
table.insert (z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_first_missing_last', {
]]
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
if first then
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end


names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if is_set (title) then
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
else
end
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
if is_set (script) then
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


--[[---------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >----------------------
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.


Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 or 639-2 code.
]]


Returns the language name and associated two- or three-character code. Because
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that WikiMedia uses,
local pattern;
the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
version (assumed to be correct) is returned along with the code.  When there is no
match, we return the original language name string.
while true do
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames(<local wiki language>, 'all') returns a list of
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
languages that in some cases may include extensions. For example, code 'cbk-zam'
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
and its associated name 'Chavacano de Zamboanga' (MediaWiki does not support
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
code 'cbk' or name 'Chavacano'. Most (all?) of these languages are not used a
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
'language' codes per se, rather they are used as sub-domain names: cbk-zam.wikipedia.org.
end));
A list of language names and codes supported by fetchLanguageNames() can be found
end
at Template:Citation Style documentation/language/doc


Names that are included in the list will be found if that name is provided in the
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
|language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Chavacano de Zamboanga, that name
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
will be found with the associated code 'cbk-zam'.  When names are found and the
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
associated code is not two or three characters, this function returns only the
return str;
WikiMedia language name.
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


Some language names have multiple entries under different codes:
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Aromanian has code rup and code roa-rup
When this occurs, this function returns the language name and the 2- or 3-character code


Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
]]


local function get_iso639_code (lang, this_wiki_code)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()] then -- if there is a remapped name (because MediaWiki uses something that we don't think is correct)
--[[
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang:lower()][2]; -- for this language 'name', return a possibly new name and appropriate code
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
end
 
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
local ietf_code; -- because some languages have both IETF-like codes and ISO 639-like codes
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
local ietf_name;
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
]]
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower (lang); -- lower-case version for comparisons
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
for code, name in pairs (cfg.languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
local end_chr = '';
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower (name) then
local trim;
if 2 == #code or 3 == #code then -- two- or three-character codes only; IETF extensions not supported
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
return name, code; -- so return the name and the code
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
end
ietf_code = code; -- remember that we found an IETF-like code and save its name
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
ietf_name = name; -- but keep looking for a 2- or 3-char code
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
end
--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
end
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
-- didn't find name with 2- or 3-char code; if IETF-like code found return
trim = false;
return ietf_code and ietf_name or lang; -- associated name; return original language text else
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
end
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
 
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
 
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code. If a code
if trim then
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
was provided with the language parameter.
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.


Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized. MediaWiki does
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
optional space characters.
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F


]]
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods


local function language_parameter (lang)
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
local code; -- the two- or three-character language code
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
]]


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end


for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[lang:lower()]; -- first see if this is a code that is not supported by MediaWiki but is in remap


if name then -- there was a remapped code so
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.
if not lang:match ('^%a%a%a?%-x%-%a+$') then -- if not a private IETF tag
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip IETF tags from code
end
else
lang = lang:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- strip any IETF-like tags from code
if 2 == lang:len() or 3 == lang:len() then -- if two-or three-character code
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (lang:lower(), cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get language name if |language= is a proper code
end
end


if utilities.is_set (name) then -- if |language= specified a valid code
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if utilities.is_set (code) then -- only 2- or 3-character codes
name = cfg.lang_code_remap[code] or name; -- override wikimedia when they misuse language codes/names


if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= code then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
if 2 == code:len() then -- and is a two-character code
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source' .. code, {name, code}); -- categorize it; code appended to allow for multiple language categorization
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character code)
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source_2' .. code, {code}); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character code categories per cs1|2 template
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local_lang_source', {name, code}); -- categorize it
end
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);


if this_wiki_name == name then
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.
]]
]]
local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
 
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
local initials = {}
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
end
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
else
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
 
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
 
]]
]]
local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
 
local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
local sep;
local sep;
if 'cs2' == mode then
local namesep;
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
local format = control.format
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
local maximum = control.maximum
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
local text = {}
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask
local one
local sep_one = sep;
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
break;
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
if count > 0 then
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'cs2' == mode or 'citation' == cite_class then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
end
postscript = '';
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return sep, postscript
return result, count
end
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date. Otherwise returns an empty string.
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]=]
]]
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end


local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.


Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter.  If the format parameter
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


]]
]]


local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
if utilities.is_set (format) then
 
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
format = format .. ' ' .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
return name, etal; --
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
]]
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local last; -- individual name components
local first;
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


inputs:
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors']; a number or some flavor of etal
while true do
count: #a or #e
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
etal: author_etal or editor_etal
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


]]
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.


local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if utilities.is_set (max) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count then -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
else -- we have last with or without a first
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}, true)}); -- add error message
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
end
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
return max, etal;
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
 
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters. If found, adds the parameter and value to
Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local function extract_ids( args )
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', {name}, true)}); -- add error message
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
return; -- and done
end
end
return id_list;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
inputs:
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers


Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.
]]


For |volume=:
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
local new_list, handler = {};
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


For |issue=:
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
parameter content (all case insensitive).
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
-- fallback to read-only cfg
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
if handler.mode == 'external' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
return a[1] < b[1];
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
sets error message on failure; returns nothing
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
return;
end
end
local patterns = 'v' == selector and cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vpatterns or cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.ipatterns;
table.sort( new_list, comp );
 
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
new_list[k] = v[2];
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message (handler, {name}, true)}); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
return new_list;
end
end
 


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameterThis function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki ()It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked


|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
characters table?
]]


]=]
local function coins_cleanup (value)
 
value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
local i = 1;
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
while name_table[i] do
value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
local name = name_table[i];
return value;
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
break; -- and done reassembling so
end
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
end
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
else
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
if 1 == wl_type then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
else
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
return output_table;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
]]
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
local function COinS(data, class)
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
return '';
end


This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
end
end


]]
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
 
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
local v_name_table = {};
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
if is_set(value) then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
end
local corporate = false;
end
 
});
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
 
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
local accept_name;
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
elseif 'conference' == class then
 
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
if accept_name then
elseif 'web' == class then
last = v_name;
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
else
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;
end
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
if is_set (data.Map) then
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
else
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
end
end
local lastfirstTable = {}
-- these used onlu for periodicals
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata


if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
end
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
first = ''; -- unset
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
end
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
end
else
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
if utilities.is_set (first) then
else -- cite thesis
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
end
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
end
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
else
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
if not corporate then
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
end
end
end


link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
--[[
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
]]
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
end
end
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
 
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end




--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name listThere may be a better
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameterFor example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
 
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.


]]
]]


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local lastfirst = false;
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
end
 
if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
err_name = 'author';
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
else
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
err_name = 'editor';
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters',
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end
end
 
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value providedIf a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.)When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
specified by ret_val.


]]
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val)
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no. We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
elseif utilities.in_array (value, possible) then
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return ret_val;
end
end


See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
single space character.


]]
]]


local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
local function language_parameter (lang)
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
return name_list; -- just return the name list
local name; -- the language name
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end


names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang


returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
 
end
]]
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) then
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
return '';
else
end
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (code) then
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
end
else
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
table.insert (language_list, name);
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
end
end
 
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
end
 
if 'English' == name then
local vol = ''; -- here for all cites except magazine
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
if volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$') then -- volume value is all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
elseif (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then -- not all digits or Roman numerals and longer than 4 characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long_vol');
else -- four or less characters
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (issue) then
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
return vol .. utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
]]


--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end


adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings


]]
]]


local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
if 'journal' == origin then
end
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
else
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
end
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
]]


returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end


If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
end
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 


TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
to a new name)?
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]]
]]


local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
local sep;
 
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
if utilities.is_set (page) then
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
pages = ''; -- unset the others
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
at = '';
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
end
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
end
 
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
if ws_url then
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
 
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
return sep, ps, ref
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.


]]
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false


local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
]=]
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, true)}); -- add error message
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end


return archive, date;
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
]]
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
unwitting readers to do.


When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return format;
end


This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
|archive-date= and an error message when:
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag.  There are four identified flags
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
some variant of the text 'et al.').


This function supports a preview mode.  When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
archive URL:
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)


]=]
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.


local function archive_url_check (url, date)
]]
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end


if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
if is_set (max) then
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
else
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
if not utilities.is_set (timestamp) or 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?%d?)[^/]*', '%1*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to be yearmo* max (0-6 digits plus splat)
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
else -- not a valid keyword or number
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
max = nil; -- unset
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date; -- return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_archive_url', {err_msg}, true ) } ); -- add error message and
return max, etal;
if utilities.is_set (Frame:preprocess('{{REVISIONID}}')) then
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
else
return url, date; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
]]


]]
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';


local function place_check (param_val)
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
return param_val; -- and done
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


compares |title= value against list of known generic title patterns. Returns true when pattern matches; nil else
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


the k/v pairs in 'generic_titles' each contain two tables, one for English and one for another 'local' language
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
Each of those tables contain another table that holds the string or pattern (whole title or title fragment) in
index [1].  index [2] is a Boolean that tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.


]]
]]


local function is_generic_title (title)
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
for _, generic_title in ipairs (cfg.special_case_translation['generic_titles']) do -- spin through the list of known generic title fragments
local v_name_table = {};
if title:find (generic_title['en'][1], 1, generic_title['en'][2]) then
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
return true; -- found English generic title so done
local last, first, link, mask;
elseif generic_title['local'] then -- to keep work load down, generic_title['local'] should be nil except when there is a local version of the generic title
local corporate = false;
if mw.ustring.find (title, generic_title['local'][1], 1, generic_title['local'][2]) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
return true; -- found local generic title so done
end
end
end
end


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
 
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
 
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
]]
corporate = true;
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
local function is_archived_copy (title)
    lastfirstTable = {}
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
return true;
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
return true;
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used. The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


]]
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


local function citation0( config, args )
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i


-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.


local author_etal;
]]
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
 
local Authors;
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
local lastfirst = false;
local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end


do -- to limit scope of selected
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
if 1 == selected then
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
local err_name;
elseif 2 == selected then
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
err_name = 'author';
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
else
elseif 3 == selected then
err_name = 'editor';
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
if 'authors' == A:ORIGIN('Authors') then -- but add a maint cat if the parameter is |authors=
utilities.set_message ('maint_authors'); -- because use of this parameter is discouraged; what to do about the aliases is a TODO:
end
end
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
end


local editor_etal;
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 


do -- to limit scope of selected
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
 
if 1 == selected then
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
elseif 2 == selected then
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if 0 < #c then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end


local Title = A['Title'];
]]
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];


local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
local accept_link;
if not is_set (value) then
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written(TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
return true;
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set


local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
end


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
local Periodical_origin = '';
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
single space character.
local i;
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin}, true)});
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
]]
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')}, true )});
end


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
end
end
end


local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------


-- web and news not tested for now because of
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
 
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
]]
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]}, true)});
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
return '';
end
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
elseif is_set (volume) then
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
else
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end
end
local Volume;
local vol = '';
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (volume) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'website', 'mailinglist'}) then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for these 'periodicals'
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');
 
local Issue;
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {'journal', 'magazine', 'newspaper', 'periodical', 'work'}) or -- {{citation}} renders issue for these 'periodicals'
utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) and utilities.in_array (ScriptPeriodical_origin, {'script-journal', 'script-magazine', 'script-newspaper', 'script-periodical', 'script-work'}) then -- and these 'script-periodicals'
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
end
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
if is_set (issue) then
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
end
return vol;
end


local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
end


local Edition = A['Edition'];
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local i = 0;
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin}, true)});
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets


if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
local error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin}, true);
if utilities.is_set (error_text) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end


PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
]]
end


local URL = A['URL']
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
if 'journal' == origin then
UrlAccess = nil;
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'url'}, true ) } );
else
end
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
elseif is_set (sheets) then
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if 'journal' == origin then
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')}, true ) } );
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
MapUrlAccess = nil;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'}, true ) } );
end


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
if is_set (page) then
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
if is_journal then
 
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
elseif not nopp then
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
if utilities.in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
else
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
elseif is_set(pages) then
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
if is_journal then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
break; -- bail out if one is found
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
end
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
end
end
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local coins_pages;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end


if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
]]
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title=


|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
local function citation0( config, args)
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
--[[
Load Input Parameters
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i


local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
do -- to limit scope of selected
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')}, true)});
if 1 == selected then
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset because not supported by this template
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
end
elseif 2 == selected then
end
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
 
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
elseif 3 == selected then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both set emit an error
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')) .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin)}, true )});
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia; allow periodical without encyclopedia
local Others = A['Others'];
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
end


if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia= is set
local editor_etal;
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
local Editors;
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title=
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;


ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
end
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
TransTitle = '';
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
URL = '';
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
Format = '';
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
if 0 < #c then
end
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- |title= not set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title=
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


-- special case for cite techreport.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
local ID = A['ID'];
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
end


-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Year = A['Year'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
Chapter = Title;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
-- separator character and postscript
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
 
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
local Degree = A['Degree'];
end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
Scale = A['Scale'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
local URL = A['URL']
end
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
local Series = A['Series'];
local Series = A['Series'];
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end


local Network = A['Network'];
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local s, n = {}, {};
local Place = A['Place'];
-- do common parameters first
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
RegistrationRequired=nil;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
end
ChapterURL = URL;
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
local Via = A['Via'];
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
local Agency = A['Agency'];
end
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
URL = ''; -- unset
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
TransTitle = '';
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local Language = A['Language'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "interview", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
local ID = A['ID'];
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end


-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];


if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
else
 
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end


if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification


--[[
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local Mode = A['Mode'];
we get the date used in the metadata.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
end
]]
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
end


local ArchiveURL;
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
local ArchiveDate;
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];


ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end


if is_set(Page) then
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
At = '';
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['lay-date'] = {val = LayDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('LayDate')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
-- start temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
if COinS_date.inter_cal_cat then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('jul_greg_uncertainty');
end
end
-- end temporary Julian / Gregorian calendar uncertainty categorization
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
 
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
if is_set(At) then
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
At = ''; -- unset
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
end
local modified = false; -- flag
if validation.edtf_transform (date_parameters_list) then -- edtf dates to MOS compliant format
modified = true;
end


if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
end
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
 
end
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language,
-- uncomment the next three lines.  Not supported by en.wiki (for obvious reasons)
-- set validation.date_name_xlate() second argument to true to translate English digits to local digits (will translate ymd dates)
-- if validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, false) then
-- modified = true;
-- end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
LayDate = date_parameters_list['lay-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
else
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}, true)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
--[[
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
When the citation has these parameters:
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
}
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then
if not utilities.is_set (ID_list_coins[config.CitationClass:upper()]) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv= & |citeseerx= required for their templates
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing', {}, true)}); -- add error message
end


Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
]]
end


-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];


if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
if not is_set(Chapter) then
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
TransChapter = TransTitle;
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
ChapterURL = URL;
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- access date requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } ); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end


-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Special case for cite techreport.
-- Test if citation has no title
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'}, true ) } );
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
end


if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
-- special case for cite interview
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
if is_set(Program) then
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
ID = ' ' .. Program;
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
end
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
if is_set(Callsign) then
end
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end


check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters hold a URL
if is_set(Others) then
['title'] = Title,
if is_set(TitleType) then
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')] = Chapter,
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
[Periodical_origin] = Periodical,
TitleType = '';
[PublisherName_origin] = PublisherName
else
});
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
 
end
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
else
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
Others = '(Interview)';
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
local QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
local QuotePages = hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);


-- this is the function call to COinS()
-- special case for cite mailing list
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wiki-markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


-- special case for cite newsgroup. Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end


local Editors;
-- cite map oddities
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Cartography = "";
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local Scale = "";
local contributor_etal;
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
local translator_etal;
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
Chapter = A['Map'];
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
local Interviewers;
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
local interviewers_list = {};
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
local interviewer_etal;
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
if is_set( Cartography ) then
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
end
do
Scale = A['Scale'];
local last_first_list;
if is_set( Scale ) then
local control = {
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string or 'vanc'
end
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
end
mode = Mode
};


do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
control.maximum , editor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'));
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
 
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then  
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
end
end
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayInterviewers'], #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'));
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayTranslators'], #t, 'translators', translator_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'));
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayContributors'], #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'));
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal, A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'));


last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if author_etal then
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end -- end of do
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
end
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number


if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff


local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message


-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
Chapter = '';
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
AccessDate = '';
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
end
end


local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
local OriginalURL
 
local OriginalURL_origin
--[[
local OriginalFormat
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
local OriginalAccess;
we get the date used in the metadata.
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
]]
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
local error_message = '';
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
end
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;


if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
end
end
end


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if is_set(error_message) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
local chap_param;
end
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
end -- end of do
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
 
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set. Do this after date check but before COInS.
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end


if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
TransChapter = '';
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
end
end


Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
-- Test if citation has no title
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if not is_set(Title) and
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
not is_set(TransTitle) and
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
end
 
-- Format main title
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
local plain_title = false;
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
local accept_title;
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
end


if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
['title']=Title,
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
});
end


if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
end
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
 
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
if is_generic_title (Title) then
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ( 'err_generic_title', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
end


if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'ssrn'}) or
-- this is the function call to COinS()
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
['Map'] = Map,
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
else
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
['Chron'] = COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
['Series'] = Series,
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
end


local TransError = "";
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
else
TransError = " " .. utilities.set_message ( 'err_trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
 
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } ); -- set an error message because we can't have both
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
end
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
do
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. TransError .. Format;
local last_first_list;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
local maximum;
Format = "";
local control = {
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
local ws_url;
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
if ws_url then
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
};
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
 
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
else
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle .. TransError;
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then  
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
end
else
 
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
control.maximum = maximum;
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
 
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
if is_set (Editors) then
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
if editor_etal then
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle .. TransError;
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle .. TransError;
end


if utilities.is_set (Place) then
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
do -- now do translators
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
end
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


local Position = '';
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
control.maximum = #a + 1;
local Time = A['Time'];
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');


if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if is_set (Authors) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
if author_etal then
end
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end -- end of do
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end


Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end


At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
end
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
 
AccessDate = '';
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
end


local Others = A['Others'];
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
if is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
else
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
local chap_param;
end
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
end
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
table.insert( z.message_tail, { utilities.set_message ( 'err_extra_text_edition')}); -- add error
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
else
Edition = '';
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
end


Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
TransError = "";
local Agency = A['Agency'];
if is_set(TransTitle) then
Agency = utilities.is_set (Agency) and wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}) or "";
if is_set(Title) then
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
end
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
local Docket = A['Docket'];
if is_set(Title) then
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
end
URL = "";
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
Format = "";
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (URL) then
if is_set(Place) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];
if is_set (Conference) then
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end


Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
local Time = A['Time'];
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end


if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if is_set(Minutes) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
if is_set (Time) then
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
end
else
 
if is_set(Time) then
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
local quote_prefix = '';
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if sepc ~= '.' then
if not NoPP then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end


PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
if is_set (Translators) then
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message('maint_postscript')
end
end
 
local Archived
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if is_set (Edition) then
local arch_text;
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
ArchiveDate = utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date');
end
end
if "live" == UrlStatus then
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
else
Archived = ""
Edition = '';
end
end
 
local Lay = '';
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
 
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
if utilities.is_set (LayURL) then
 
if utilities.is_set (LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if utilities.is_set (LaySource) then
if is_set(Via) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. utilities.safe_for_italics (LaySource) .. "''";
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL'), nil ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif utilities.is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
--[[
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
 
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
]]
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
end
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
else
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
end


local Publisher;
if is_set(AccessDate) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
else
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then  
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
local TransPeriodical = A['TransPeriodical'];
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
local TransPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
end
 
local Language = A['Language'];
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
 
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
if is_set(URL) then
else
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
end


--[[
if is_set(Quote) then
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
end
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
local Archived
if utilities.is_set (Others) then Others = safe_join ({Others, sepc .. " "}, sepc) end -- add terminal punctuation & space; check for dup sepc; TODO why do we need to do this here?
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
end
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
if "no" == DeadURL then
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
 
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
Archived = ""
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
local Lay = '';
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
if is_set(LayURL) then
else
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
ID_list = ID;
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
if is_set(Transcript) then
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
local idcommon;
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
end
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
else
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
local Publisher;
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if is_set(Periodical) and
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
if is_set(PublisherName) then
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
else -- neither of authors and editors set
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
else
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
Publisher = PublisherName;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else  
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
else
local in_text = " ";
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
local post_text = "";
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
end
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if (sepc ~= '.') then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
in_text = in_text:lower() -- lowercase for cs2
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")"; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
else
post_text = " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")";
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
end
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
 
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
--[[
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
Handle the oddity that is cite speech. This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
]]
end
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
end
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
else
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
 
end
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
else
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
else -- all other CS1 templates
text = text:sub(1, -sepc:len() - 1);
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
end
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options = {};
if utilities.is_set (config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = string.format ('%s %s %s', 'citation', config.CitationClass, utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs1'); -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
else
options.class = string.format ('%s %s', 'citation', utilities.is_set (Mode) and Mode or 'cs2');
ID_list = ID;
end
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;


local Ref = A['Ref'];
if is_set(Date) then
if 'harv' == Ref then -- need to check this before setting to default
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_harv'); -- add maint cat to identify templates that have this now-extraneous param value
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
elseif not utilities.is_set (Ref) then
else -- neither of authors and editors set
Ref = 'harv'; -- set as default when not set externally
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
end
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[Ref:lower()] then
else
local id = Ref
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
end
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
end
local citeref_id
end
if #namelist > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist
if is_set(Authors) then
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if is_set(Coauthors) then
else
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
end
if citeref_id == Ref then
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
if 'harv' == Ref then
if is_set(Editors) then
id = citeref_id
local in_text = " ";
end
local post_text = "";
options.id = id;
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
end
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>(.-)</span>", "%1"):gsub("%b<>", "")) <= 2 then -- remove <span> tags and other HTML-like markup; then get length of what remains
else
z.error_categories = {};
if EditorCount <= 1 then
text = utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation');
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
z.message_tail = {};
end
local render = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id), mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set
else
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options.class), text})); -- all other cases
end
 
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], {OCinSoutput})); -- append metadata to the citation
 
if 0 ~= #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, ' ');
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if utilities.is_set (v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1], v[2] ));
else
else
table.insert (render, utilities.error_comment ( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] ));
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
end
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
 
if is_set(Date) then
if 0 ~= #z.maintenance_cats then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
local maint_msgs = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
else
local maint = {}; -- here we assemble a maintenence message
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
table.insert (maint, v); -- maint msg is the category name
end
table.insert (maint, ' ('); -- open the link text
else
table.insert (maint, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], {v})); -- add the link
if EditorCount <= 1 then
table.insert (maint, ')'); -- and close it
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
table.insert (maint_msgs, table.concat (maint)); -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs table
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint message with proper presentation and save
end
end
if not no_tracking_cats then
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do -- append error categories
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc )--Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
end
 
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append properties categories
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
table.insert (render, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], {v}));
local options = {};
end
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation


return table.concat (render);
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
end
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end


 
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
 
text = text .. OCinS;
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end


local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
local name = tostring (name);
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
local enum_name; -- for enumerated parameters, is name with enumerator replaced with '#'
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
local state;
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
if 'discouraged' == state then
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
discouraged_parameter (name); -- parameter is discouraged but still supported
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list ) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
state = whitelist.limited_basic_arguments[name];
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


state = whitelist.preprint_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


-- limited enumerated parameters list
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
replacement character. That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
state = whitelist.limited_numbered_arguments[enum_name];
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.


if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list) then -- experiment for template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
]]
state = whitelist.unique_arguments[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
--[[
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
end -- if here, fall into general validation
local position = '';
local i=1;
state = whitelist.basic_arguments[name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end


-- all enumerated parameters allowed
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
enum_name = name:gsub("%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[enum_name];
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
 
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
if position then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
end
]]


--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.


check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
]]
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text


return value as is else
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code


]=]
else -- otherwise
 
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter)}); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
end
return value;
end


dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;


--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;


Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
local config = {};
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
config[k] = v;
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
args[k] = v;  
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
end
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.


If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
 
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
]]
if v ~= '' then
 
if not validate( k ) then
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
error_text = "";
local capture;
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
 
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter)});
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
end
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
end
else
 
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
 
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
 
else
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
 
end
]]
end
 
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if 'number' == type (param) then
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
return;
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
end
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
end
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
end
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
end
end
end  
 
if error_text ~= '' then
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
end
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css';
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of support modules
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers');
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS');
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css';
end
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
args[k] = v;
error_text = "";
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
args[k] = v;
-- exclude empty numbered parameters
end
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
elseif validate( k:lower(), config.CitationClass ) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true ); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true ); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = utilities.set_message ( 'err_parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end  
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
 
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
 
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
table.insert (z.message_tail, {utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
}, true )});
end


for k, v in pairs( args ) do
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
end
end
 
return citation0( config, args)
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
return z
]]
 
return {citation = citation};
Please note that all contributions to Nonbinary Wiki are considered to be released under the Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike (see Nonbinary Wiki:Copyrights for details). If you do not want your writing to be edited mercilessly and redistributed at will, then do not submit it here.
You are also promising us that you wrote this yourself, or copied it from a public domain or similar free resource. Do not submit copyrighted work without permission!
Cancel Editing help (opens in new window)

Template used on this page: